‫ﺏﺳﻤﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫‪WOVD‬‬
‫‪2009-2012‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‌ﺍﻻﺟﺮﺍء ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‌ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﮓ ﻻﺯﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻩ ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ ‌‪) 2009‬ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻮﺭ ‪ (88‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ‪ FIVB‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‪ WOVD‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ‌‬

‫‪1‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫‪‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ‬

‫‪‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺑـــﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻟﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ«‬

‫‌‬ ‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:1‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 1a,1b‬ﻭ ‪(2‬‬

‫‪ -1-1‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬

‫‪ -1-2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -1-3‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -1-4‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ‌ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -1-5‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -1-6‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(3‬‬

‫‪ -2-1‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -2-2‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ -2-3‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ )ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ( ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻧﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪‌ -2-4‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻙﻫﺎ(‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ) ‌‬
‫‪‌ -2-5‬‬

‫‪ -2-6‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮپﻫﺎ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪ -3-1‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -3-2‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻮپ‌ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -3-3‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻪ ﺗﻮپ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ )ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ(«‬
‫‌‬ ‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:2‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ‬
‫‪‌ -4‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -4-1‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‌‬

‫‪ -4-2‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫‪ -4-3‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ -4-4‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ -4-5‬ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻴﻦ )ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ( ‌‬

‫‪ -5-1‬ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ -5-2‬ﻣﺮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪ -5-3‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :3‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ«‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‬

‫‪ -6-1‬ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ‬

‫‪ -6-2‬ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ )ﺑﺮﺩﻥ( ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‬

‫‪ -6-3‬ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ )ﺑﺮﺩﻥ( ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‬

‫‪ -6-4‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻛﺎﺭ )ﺧﺎﻃﻲ(‬

‫‪ -7‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -7-1‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺝﻫﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪ -7-2‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ -7-3‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪ -7-4‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪ -7-5‬ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ -7-6‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ -7-7‬ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :4‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ «‬

‫‪ -8‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -8-1‬ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ -8-2‬ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ‌ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ(‬

‫‪ -8-3‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ “‪”Ball in‬‬

‫‪ -8-4‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ “‪”Ball out‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬

‫‪ -9-1‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -9-2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬

‫‪ -9-3‬ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ 9-4‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -10‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -10-1‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -10-2‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -10-3‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -11‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -11-1‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -11-2‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -11-3‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -11-4‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -12‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪ -12-1‬ﺯﺩﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‬

‫‪ -2-2‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪ -12-3‬ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪ -12-4‬ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪ -12-5‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬

‫‪ -12-6‬ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪ -12-7‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪4‬‬
 ‫‪ -13‬ﺣﻤﻠﻪ )ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ(‬

‫‪ -13-1‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-13-2‬‬

‫‪ -13-3‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫‪ -14‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ‬

‫‪ -14-1‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ‬

‫‪ -14-2‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‬

‫‪ -14-3‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﻓﻀﺎﻱ( ﺣﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫‪ -14-4‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ‬

‫‪ -14-5‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪ -14-6‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :5‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -15‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -15-1‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -15-2‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -15-3‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -15-4‬ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‬

‫‪ -15-5‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ -15-6‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ 15-7‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫‪ 15-8‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ 15-9‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺭﻭﻥ( ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫‪ 15-10‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ) ﺩ‬

‫‪ 15-11‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬

‫‪ -16‬ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -16-1‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ‬

‫‪ -16-2‬ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫‪5‬‬
 ‫‪ -17‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -17-1‬ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ )ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ( ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-17-2‬‬

‫‪ -17-3‬ﺗﺂﺧﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ -18‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‌‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -18-1‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‌‬

‫‪ -18-2‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ«‬

‫‪-19‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ‬

‫‪ -19-1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ‬

‫‪ -19-2‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ -19-3‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ«‬
‫‌‬ ‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-20‬‬

‫‪ -20-1‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ -20-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ -21‬ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪ -21-1‬ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ -21-2‬ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬

‫‪ -21-3‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‬

‫‪ -21-4‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -21-5‬ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ‌‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ )ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺯﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻣﺰ(‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-21-6‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ :2‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪،‬‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :8‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ«‬

‫‪ -22‬ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪ -22-1‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫‪ -22-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪ -23‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫‪ -23-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫‪ -23-2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-23-3‬‬

‫‪ -24‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ )ﺩﻭﻡ(‬

‫‪ -24-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫‪ -24-2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -24-3‬ﻣﺲﺋﻮ ‌‬

‫‪ -25‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ -25-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺆﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-25-2‬‬

‫‪ -26‬ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﻛﻤﻚ( ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ -26-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-26-2‬‬

‫‪ -27‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻂ‬

‫‪ -27-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-27-2‬‬

‫‪ -28‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ -28-1‬ﻋﻼ ‌‬

‫‪7‬‬
 ‫‪‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻱژﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ‌ﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺗﻴﻢ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ )ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ(‪ .‬ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻲﻟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ‌ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻟﻲ )ﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ( ﺗﻮپ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‌‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺯﺩﻩ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ )ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ(‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮپ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ ‌‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ‌‬
‫ﺭﺍﻟﻲ )ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺗﻮپ( ‌‬

‫ﺟﺎﻱﮔﻴﺮﻱ( ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﻖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ) ‌‬

‫ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ )‪‌ (FIVB‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ ‪ WOVD‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻓﺪﺭﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ‌‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻑﻟﺴﻔﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺯﺵ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻴﺞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺯﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ ‌‬

‫ﭘﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫پﺵ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ)ﻋﻤﻞ( ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪8‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ )‪ (FIVB‬ﮔﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻱ )ﻣﺪﺭﻥ( ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺪﺭﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ‌‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻡﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪‌ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻔﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻛﺘﻴﻚ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺕ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺼﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ‌‬

‫ﻭﺭﺯﺵ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻼﻗﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ )ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ( ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ‌ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‌ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ‌‬
‫‌‬

‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ( ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪WILLIAM .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ )ﺩﺭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ( ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ‌‬

‫‪ ، MORGAN‬ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺭﺯﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ‪،‬ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻲ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ‪/‬ﺗﻮپ ‪/‬ﺭﺍﻛﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺧﺶ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ(‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ‪» ،‬ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ« ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ‌‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺖﺧﺼﺺ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‌ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬

‫‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺗﻮپ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻼﺡ ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻤﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﻑ پﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ‌ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﻛﺘﻴﻚ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﮔﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺍﺏﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ ‌ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻛﺘﻴﻚ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ )ﺣﺮﻳﻒ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ‌‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻱ‌ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‌ﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ )ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ( ﺭﺍﻱ ‌‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻒ ﻧﮕﺮﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻥﻳﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ‌‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻙ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻋﺎﺩﻻﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ‌‬

‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻥﺩﺭﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‌ﺍﻳﺪ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ )ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ(‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ‌ﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﺯﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫‪2009-2012‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ‪WOVD‬‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻳﻚ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫»ﺗﻌـــﺎﺭﻳـــﻒ«‬

‫* ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ )‪ :(Areas‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻒ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪء ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫* ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﻮپ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪10‬‬
 ‫* ﺍﺧﻂﺍﺭ ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻥﻭﻉ ﺗﻮﺑﻴﺦ )ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ( ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫* ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺮﻳﺪﻭﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻮ ﺍﻧﻊ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺼﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ‌ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫* ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺳﻘﻒ‬

‫ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺡﺭﻳﻒ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺵﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻋﻢﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺒﻞ ‪ /‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﻳﺒﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ( ‌‬

‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ )ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫* ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﻮپ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫*ﺧﻄﺎ‪ -1 :‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ -2 .‬ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ‌ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫* ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ :WOVD/FIVB‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ‪ 7‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ FIVB/WOVD‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫*ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ‪ Interval :‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ‪Intervel‬‬

‫ﺗﻠﻔﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‬ ‫* ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻲﻡ )ﻃﻨﺎﺏ( ﻣﺖﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻙ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻙ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻤﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪) .‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ‬ ‫*ﺷﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺺﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫)ﺣﺮﻛﺖ( ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻻﻣﭗ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮﻙ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫* ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ )ﭘﻨﺎﻟﺘﻲ(‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 1/5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫* ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻫﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ‌ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ )ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ( ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬

‫* ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ‌‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺯ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫* ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ‪ : WOVD‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪‌ WOVD‬‬

‫* ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ )‪ :(ZONES‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ‌ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‌(ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ )ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ( ﺩﺭ ﭼﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ‌‬

‫‪12‬‬
 ‫» ﻓ ﺼﻞ ‪ : 1‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﻭ ﺗ ﺠﻬﻴ ﺰﺍ ﺕ‬

‫‪ - 1‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ) ﺯﻣﻴ ﻦ ( ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻡﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1-1‬ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(2‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ‌ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ‌ﻛﻪ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 3‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ‬

‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪7‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 4‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ )ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ( ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪ -1-2‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -1-2-1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺻﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ( ﻧﺎﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺱﻃﻮﺡ ) ‌‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ )ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ‌ﺍﻱ( ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ‪ WOVD‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1-2-2‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮓ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‌ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﺍﺷﻴﺒﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻭ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ‪5 ،‬‬
‫‪ -1-2-3‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ )ﺳﺎﻟﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺯ( ‌‬

‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1-3‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(2‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪ -1-3-1‬ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ‪5‬‬

‫‪ -1-3-2‬ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺟﺰﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ )ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ( ‌‬

‫‪ -1-3-3‬ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(2‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻙﻝ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ‪ 5 × 6‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‌‬

‫ﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺭ‬

‫‪13‬‬
 ‫‪ -1-3-4‬ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(2‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ‪ ، WOVD‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ‬

‫‪ 1/75‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ‪ 5‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻢﻭﻋﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 1/75‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺁﻥ( ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1-4‬ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻲ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 1b‬ﻭ ‪(2‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-1‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ( ‌‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻲ‌ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-2‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺧﻂ‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺑﻪﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ 2‬ﺧﻂ ﻛـﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ‪15‬‬
‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ‌‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺧﻂ ﺟﺰﻭ ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(1b‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-3‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(1b‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ‪ 2‬ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ(‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪) .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‌‬

‫‪ 1-4-4‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ )ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ( ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ )ﺗﻌﻮﻱﺽ ( ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-5‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ )‪(Warm-up‬‬

‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍ ‪ 3× 3‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻩ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪).‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(1a,1b‬‬

‫‪ -1-4-6‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ )ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 1 × 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ‪ 2‬ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍ ﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(1a,1b‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ )ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ( ‌‬
‫‌‬ ‫)ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ (1‬ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ‪5‬‬

‫‪ -1-5‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧـﺘﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺍﺩ )‪ 50‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻥﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 25‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘـﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺍﺩ )‪ 77‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 16‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘـﻲﮔﺮﺍﺩ )‪ 61‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬

‫‪ -1-6‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ‪ 1500×1000‬ﻟﻮﻛﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻳﻚﻡﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻴﺮﻙ‌ﻫﺎ )ﺷﻜﻞ‪(3‬‬

‫‪ -2-1‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻧـﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪ -2-1-1‬ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ‌ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪15‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪ -2-1-2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺕﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ -2-2‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(3‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 7‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ )ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ‪ 25-50‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ( ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ 6‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪50‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺭ ‪80‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺦ ﻣﺸﻜﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺁﻥ ‪10‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺮﺑﺎﺱ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺩﺭ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )ﻧﻮﺍﺭ( ‪5-7‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺏﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ‌ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻙ‌ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﻨﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‌ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ )ﺳﻴﻢ( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻙ‌ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺖﻳﺠﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ( ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ) ‌‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻙﻫﺎ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ( ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-3‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ )ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ( ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ‬

‫ﺩﻭ )‪ (2‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‌ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪).‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(3‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‌ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪80‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻫﺎ ‪5‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﺘﻦﻫﺎ‬
‫‪‌ -2-4‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪80‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‌ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﺎﻳﺒﺮﮔﻼﺱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻄـﺮ ﺁﻥ ‪10‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‌ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(3‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ )ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ( ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‌ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪10‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪100‬‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ‪.(5‬‬
‫ﺁﻧﺘﻦﻫﺎ ‌‬
‫‌‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻙﻫﺎ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-2-5‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻙﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪0-5‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-2-5-1‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(3‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺗﻴﺮﻙﻫﺎ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ‪25‬‬
‫‌‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻙﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪WOVD‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ‪ WOVD‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻙﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ(‪ .‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-2-5-2‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2-6‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ‪ WOVD‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮپﻫﺎ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-3‬‬

‫‪ -3-1‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ‌ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﻡ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺗﻮپ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮپ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﻡ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫‪ WOVD‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪-82 ) .‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺁﻥ ‪ 260-280‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺧـﻠﻲ ﺗـﻮپ ‪ 0-30‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 0-325‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‪-‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﻮپ ‪65-67‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ 318‬ﺗﺎ ‪ mbar 294-3‬ﻳﺎ ‪‌ hpa‬‬

‫‪ -3-2‬ﻫﻢ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ‌ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮپ‌ ‌‬

‫ﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ‪ WOVD‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ‌ ‌‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3-3‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻪ ﺗﻮپ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺶ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ‪ 1‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(10‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
 ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ )ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ(«‬
‫‌‬ ‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪:2‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪‌ -4‬‬

‫‪ -4-1‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻡﻱ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 12‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻼﺳﺒﻨﺪﻱ “ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻟﻴﺖ” ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪ -4-1-1‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﭘﺰﺷﻚ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﻪ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ‪ WOVD‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺦﺹ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‪ WOVD‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺴﺎﻻﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 14‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ )ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 12‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ( (ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-1-2‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ ،Libero‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‌ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-1-3‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺁﻥ‌ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻧﻲ‌ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-2‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫‪ -4-2-1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ‌ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻧﻲ‌ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ‪) Warm-up‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃـﻪ ﺣﻀـﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘـﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(1-4-4‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﺑﻨﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ‌ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(5-2-3‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜـﻞ ‪.(1a,1b‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖﻫﺎﻱ ‌‬
‫‌‬

‫‪ -4-2-2‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ )ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ( ‪ Warm-up‬ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(4-1-1‬‬

‫‪ -4-2-3‬ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .4-2-3-1‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ‪) warm-up‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(1-4-4‬‬

‫‪ -4-2-3-2‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-4‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‌‬

‫‪ .4-3‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ,‬ﺷﻮﺭﺕ ﻭ‪/‬ﻳﺎ ﺷﻠﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪ ,‬ﺟﻮﺭﺍﺏ ﻫﻤﺸﻜﻞ ﻭ ﻛﻔﺶ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﻔﺶ ﺏ‬

‫( ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮﺭﺍﺏ ﺷﻠﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﮓ ﻭ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻥ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺷﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻠﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻠﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺭﺍﺏ ﺷﻠﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﮓ ﻭ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻥ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﺁﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ )ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ( ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﺷﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻠﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫)ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪ -4-3-1‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Libero‬ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪ ,‬ﺷﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻠﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺭﺍﺏ ﺷﻠﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﮓ ﻭ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻔﺮﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺩﻭﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ( ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺟﻮﺭﺍﺏ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-3-2‬ﻙﻓﺶ‌ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺒﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻒ )ﺗﺦﺗﻪ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ( ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻮﺯﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻔﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻛﻒ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ )ﺧﻄﻮﻁ (‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺏﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ‪ ،WOVD‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ‪ WOVD‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﻜﻲ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‌‬

‫‪ WOVD‬ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ‬ ‫‪ -4-3-3‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪1‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 18‬ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ‪) :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ(‬

‫‪ -4-3-3-1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‌ﻫﺎ ﺍﺏﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ‌ﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬

‫)ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-3-3-2‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 15‬ﺳﺎﻧـﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬ﭘﻬﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-3-4‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ‪ 2*8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-3-5‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪)،‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫‪ ( Libero‬ﺑﭙﻮﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4-4‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻱﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ )‪ (1‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻡ ‌‬

‫‪ -4-4-1‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪ WOVD‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ(‬

‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ(ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ‪،‬ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ) ‌‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ‌‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-4-4-2‬‬

‫‪ -4-4-3‬ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ )ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﺩ( ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 4-3-3‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ )‪.(Libero‬‬

‫‪ -4-5‬ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻪ‬

‫‪ -4-5-1‬ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦﻛﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺪﻧﻲ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )ﻧﻮﺍﺭ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‌‬

‫‪ -4-5-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺭﻫﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺳﺎﻱ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ‌‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻭﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻱ ‌‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻭﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪‌ Libero‬‬

‫‪ -5-1‬ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5-1-1‬ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪،‬ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻀﺎء ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﺷـﻴـﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ( ‌‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪ -5-1-2‬ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ )‬

‫ﻭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ (Libero‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪،‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ )ﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ‪،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -5-1-2-1‬ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺌﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ )ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﻨﺪ (‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﮔﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬

‫‪.( 24-2-4‬‬

‫‪ -5-1-2-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪-a‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺶﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -b‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ‌‬

‫‪ -c‬ﻛﻒ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮپ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-1-2-3‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-1-3‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -5-1-3-1‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻀﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ‬

‫‪ -5-1-3-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،WOVD‬ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﻪ‌ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-2‬ﻣﺮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪ -5-2-1‬ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬ﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻭﺕﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ‌‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪،‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
 ‫‪ -5-2-2‬ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪،‬ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﭼﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻀﺎء‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪ -5-2-3‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -5-2-3-1‬ﺑﺮگ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻣﻀﺎء ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻮﻭﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -5-2-3-2‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -5-2-3-3‬ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -5-2-3-4‬ﻭﻱ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗـﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬

‫‪ (warm-up‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﻧﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﺋﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻤﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪ ، WOVD‬ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-3‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪-5-3-1‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻲﻣﻜﺖ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5-3-2‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‪،‬‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :3‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ «‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‬

‫‪ -6-1‬ﻛﺴﺐ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ‬

‫‪ -6-1-1‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺫﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ‌‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -6-1-1-1‬ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺑﺎﻧﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -6-1-1-2‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺏﺍﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪،(11‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-1-1-3‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ‌‬

‫‪ -6-1-2‬ﺧﻄﺎ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﻉ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-1-2-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‌‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫‪ -6-1-2-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺁﻧﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ‌‬

‫‪ Rally -6-1-3‬ﻭ ‪ Rally‬ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻚ ‪ Rally‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬

‫ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪ Rally .‬ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ‌‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -6-1-3-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ Rally ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‌‬

‫‪ -6-1-3-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ Rally ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6-2‬ﺑﺮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳ‪‬ﺖﻱ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ( ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ‪ 25‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻣﺘﻲﺍﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ ‪ (24-24) 24‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ )‪ 26-24‬ﻳﺎ ‪.(27-25‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻖ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11‬‬

‫ﻩ‬ ‫‪ -6-3‬ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ -6-3-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺳﻪ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ‪ 2‬ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ‪ 2-2‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ )ﺳﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪2‬‬
‫‪ -6-3-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ 15 ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6-4‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ )ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﻭﻧﺎﻗﺺ‬

‫‪ -6-4-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻠﻲ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ‪ 3-0‬ﻭﻫﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ‪‌ 25-0‬‬

‫‪ -6-4-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻻﻧﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ )ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪‌ 6-4-1‬‬

‫‪ -6-4-3‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻢ )ﻧﺎﻗﺺ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (7-3-1‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ( ﺣﻔﻆ‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ )ﺣﺮﻳﻒ( ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ )‬

‫ﻛﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺩ‬
‫‌‬

‫‪ -7‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -7-1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﺯﻧﺪ )ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ(‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ‪،‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻲ‌ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ )ﺳﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ( ﻧﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪،‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻲ‌ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-1-1‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
 ‫‪ -7-1-2‬ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -7-1-2-1‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻜﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -7-1-2-2‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻥﺩﻩ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-3‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ‪ warm-up‬ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ‌‬

‫‪ -7-2‬ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ‪warm-up‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ 6‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻩ ﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬
‫‪ -7-2-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‌‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ warm-up‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ )‪ (warm-up‬ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ )ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ( ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺏﺍﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ -7-2-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،7-2-1‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺳﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪ -7-3‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﺮگ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍ ﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻼﺳﺒﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ -7-3-1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Libero‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ‪،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ‪ 6‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‬
‫‌‬

‫ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-3-2‬ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻫﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‪،‬ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮگ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻀﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻮﻭﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-3-3‬ﺁﻧﺪﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫‪(Libero‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ -7-3-4‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮگ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‌‬

‫)ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-3-5‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺎﻡﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ -7-3-5-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺮگ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-3-5-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ‌گﺭﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-3-5-3‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ )ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ( ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 7-3-5-2‬ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ )ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ( ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾﻫﺎ( ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾﻫﺎﻱ( ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ )‬

‫‪ -7-4‬ﻣﺢﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ‌ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬
‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ‌‬
‫‌‬

‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ(‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -7-4-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ )ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ( ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ( ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﺎﺣﺐ )ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ( ‌‬
‫‪ -7-4-1-1‬ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ) ‌‬

‫ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‪:4‬‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ : 3‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻂ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ :2‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ( ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﺎﺣﺐ )ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ( ‌‬
‫‪ -7-4-1-2‬ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ) ‌‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ :5‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ‪،‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ :6‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻂ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ :1‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ‌‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-7-4-2‬‬

‫‪ -7-4-2-1‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﺉﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-4-2-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 7-4-1‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -7-4-3‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ‌‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ‌‬
‫‪ -7-4-3-1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ‌‬
‫‪ -7-4-3-2‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ )ﭼﭗ( ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ )ﭼﭗ( ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-4-4‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-5‬ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‌ﺍﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫‪ -7-5-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻄﺎ )ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ( ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ 7-3‬ﻭ‪.(7-4‬‬

‫‪ -7-5-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 13-4‬ﻭ ‪ (13-7-1‬ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺟﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪ -7-5-3‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (13-7-2‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﺭﺟﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-5-4‬ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫‪ -7-5-4-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻲﻣﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-5-4-2‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-6‬ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ -7-6-1‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺑﻮﺱﻳﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ -7-6-2‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ‌ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﭼﺮﺧﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ) ‌‬
‫ﻣﻲﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪ‪:‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ‌‬
‫‌‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪ 6‬ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ‌ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-7‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11‬‬

‫‪ -7-7-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (7-6-1‬ﺥﻃﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -7-7-1-1‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(6-1-3‬‬

‫‪ -7-7-1-2‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -7-7-2‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻱ )ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺗﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻑﻗﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :4‬ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ )ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ( ﺑﺎﺯﻱ «‬

‫‪ -8‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ -8-1‬ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ(‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ( ‌‬

‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﻄﻬﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8-2‬ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ‪،‬ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ‌‬
‫‌‬

‫‪) Ball in-8-3‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 12‬ﻭ ‪(11‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(1-3-2‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪) Ball out-8-4‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻮپ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﺕ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -8-4-1‬ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮپ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪،(12‬‬

‫‪ -8-4-2‬ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪،(12‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﺮﻙﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜـﻞ ‪(12،5‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﻃﻨﺎﺏﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪ -8-4-3‬ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‌ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫‪ -8-4-4‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،11-1-2‬ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‪،‬ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮپ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫)ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(10-1-2‬‬

‫‪ -8-4-5‬ﺗﻮپ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (10-1-2‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ‌‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟـﻤـﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9-1‬ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ‌‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ )ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (14-4-1‬ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺖﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺏ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ )ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ( ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-9-1-1‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 14-2،9-2-3‬ﻭ ‪.(14-4-2‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-9-1-2‬‬

‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ‪ (3) 2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ (3) 2‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-9-1-2-1‬‬

‫ﺩﻓﺎﻉ(‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ )ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ‪ 2‬ﺣﺮﻳﻒ )ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ( ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮپ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‌‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-9-1-2-2‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪ -9-1-2-3‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ 2‬ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ Rally‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ‬

‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ )ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬

‫ﻧﻜﻨﺪ(‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺗﻮپ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
 ‫‪ -9-1-3‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻤﻚ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ( ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ) ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺍﻭ ‌‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9-2‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬

‫‪ -9-2-1‬ﺗﻮپ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻞ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪.‬ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ -9-2-2‬ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭ ‌‬

‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‌ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9-2-3‬ﺗﻮپ ﻣﻲ‌ ﺩ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -9-2-3-1‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (14-2‬ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ‌ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9-2-3-2‬ﺗﻮپ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ )ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴـﻦ ‪ 9-1‬ﻭ ‪ (14-4-1‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ‌ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ‌ﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ )ﻛﺘﻔﻬﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ(‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ ‌‬
‫‪ -9-2-4‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻟﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ( ﺏﺧﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ )ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺎﻧﻨﺪ(‪.‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ‌‬

‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ‪،‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -9-3‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،9-1‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫‪ -9-3-1‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‪:‬ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9-3-2‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻚ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ( )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 9-2-2‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﭘﺮﺕ ‌‬
‫‪ -9-3-3‬ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻮپ‪:‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻚﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻫﻞ ‌‬

‫‪ -9-3-4‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﻭﺑﻞ‪:‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻀﻮ )ﺑﺨﺶ( ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻭﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫)ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 9-2-3‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻥ‬

‫‪ -9-3-5‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻥ(‪:‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻌـﻲ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(9-2-4‬‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ‌ﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ‌‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -9-4‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺑﺎﺳﻦ ﻭ ‌‬
‫‪ -9-4-1‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ‌‬

‫‪26‬‬
 ‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪) ،‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺗﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -9-4-2‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ )ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ( ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -10‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ )ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ(ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -10-1‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(5‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ -10-1-1‬ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ‌‬

‫‪ -10-1-1-1‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪،(5‬‬

‫‪ -10-1-1-2‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻧﺖﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -10-1-1-3‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻘﻒ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪ -10-1-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -10-1-2-1‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -10-1-2-2‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 10-1-3‬ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -10-2‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (10-1-1‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ‌‬

‫‪ -10-3‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ( ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(9-1‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻮﺭ ‌‬
‫‪‌ -10-3-1‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10-3-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ Rally،‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -11‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ )ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ( ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -11-1‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪ -11-1-1‬ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻊ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(14-3‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -11-1-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‌‬

‫‪ -11-2‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ )ﻧﻔﻮﺫ( ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ )ﺯﻣﻴﻦ( ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫‪ -11-2-1‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪:(11‬‬

‫‪ -11-2-2‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ‌‬

‫‪ -11-2-2-1‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻕ )ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎﻱ( ﭘﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 11-2-2-2‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻒ ﭘﺎﻫﺎ )‪ (feet‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻫﺎ )‪ (legs‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺕﻳﻢ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(8-2‬‬

‫‪ -11-2-3‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﻭﺕ )ﺧﺎﺭﺝ( ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -11-2-4‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ‌‬

‫‪ -11-3‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -11-3-1‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‌‬

‫‪ -11-3-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‌‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‌‬
‫‪ -11-3-3‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ‌‬

‫‪ -11-4‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ -11-4-1‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻔﺎﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫‪ -11-4-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(11-2-1‬‬

‫‪ -11-4-3‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(11-2-2-2‬‬

‫‪ -11-4-4‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ )ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ( ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺮﻱﻑ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ‪ 100‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺵ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 1 2‬ﺳ ﺮﻭﻳ ﺲ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(12-4-1‬‬

‫‪ -12-1‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻦـﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 7-1‬ﻭ ‪.(6-3-2‬‬

‫‪ -12-1-1‬ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ )ﭘﻨﺠﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -12-1-2‬ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-2‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫‪28‬‬
‫‪ -12-2-1‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 7-3-2‬ﻭ ‪-3-1‬‬

‫‪.(7‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -12-2-2‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-2-2-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ‪ Rally‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪-6-2‬‬

‫‪ -12-2-2-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ Rally‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ )ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ( ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ( ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ )ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ‌‬
‫‪ - (7‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-3‬ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ )ﺗﻮپ( ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ)ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-4‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺶ )ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -12-4-1‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎﻳﺶ )ﺩﺳﺘﺶ( ﻩﺏ ﻫﻮﺍ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ )ﺭﻫﺎ( ﻛﺮﺩ ‌‬

‫ﻣﭻ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻭ( ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ‌‬
‫‪ -12-4-2‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ ) ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ( ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-4-3‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻆﻩ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﻦ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ) ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ( ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﻒ ﭘﺎ )ﭘﺎﻫﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﭻ ﭘﺎ )ﭘﺎﻫﺎ( ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ) ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ( ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ‌‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(12‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻩ‬

‫‪ -12-4-4‬ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﺮﻑ ‪ 8‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ‌‬
‫‪ -12-4-5‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-5‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11‬‬

‫‪ -12-5-1‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻚﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻭ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ -12-5-2‬ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳـﺲ ‌‬

‫ﭘﺮﻳﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(6‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -12-6‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺥ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-6-1‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -12-6-1-1‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧـﻮﻥ ‪.(12-2‬‬

‫‪29‬‬
 ‫‪ -12-6-1-2‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪،(12-4‬‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗـﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪،(9-2-4‬‬

‫‪‌ -12-6-1-3‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -12-6-2‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺥ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻮپ )ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ( ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‌‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪:(12-7-2‬‬

‫‪ -12-6-2-1‬ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ )ﺗﻮپ( ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 8-4-5 ،8-4-4‬ﻭ ‪ ،10-1-1‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫‪ -12-6-2-2‬ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪،(8-4‬‬

‫‪ -12-6-2-3‬ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻉﺑﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(12-5‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -12-7‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺥ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-7-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻏﻠﻂ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ( ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺵﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ‌‬

‫‪ -12-7-2‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺰﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ( ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﺭﺟﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ )ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﺤﻲﺡ ﺭﺍ ( ‌‬

‫‪ - 1 3‬ﺿ ﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫‪ -13-1‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‌‬
‫‪ -13-1-1‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ‬

‫‪ -13-1-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺁﺷﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻱﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ‌‬
‫‪ -13-1-3‬ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ‌‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-13-2‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -13-2-1‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺶﺕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -13-2-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‌‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -13-2-2-1‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ )ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ( )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(1-4-1‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‪‌ ،‬‬
‫‪ -13-2-2-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‌‬

‫‪ -13-2-3‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻆ ﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻮپ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮپ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -13-3‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬

‫‪30‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(13-2-1‬‬
‫‪ -13-3-1‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﻓﻀﺎﻱ( ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(8-4‬‬

‫‪ -13-3-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪-3‬‬

‫‪ -13-3-3‬ﻟﺤﻆﻩ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ‌‬

‫‪،13-2‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،9-2-4‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ‌‬
‫‪ -13-3-4‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 11‬ﻭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(19-3-1-2‬‬

‫‪ -13-3-5‬ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺕﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Libero‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ‌‬

‫‪ -13-3-6‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Libero‬ﭘﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (19-3-1-4‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮپ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺯﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ‌‬

‫‪ - 1 4‬ﺩﻓﺎ ﻉ‬

‫‪ -14-1‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬

‫‪ -14-1-1‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﮕﻪ ‌‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‌‬

‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻆ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -14-1-2‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺗﻮپ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ‌‬

‫‪ -14-1-3‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪).‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(7‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‌‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻊ )ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ( ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ‌‬

‫‪ -14-1-4‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‌‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﺋﻲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ‌‬

‫‪ -14-2‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ )ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ( ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻊ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -14-3‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﻓﻀﺎﻱ( ﺣﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‌‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻮﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ )ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ( ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‌‬

‫‪ -14-4‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(9-1‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺗﻴﻢ ‌‬
‫‪ -14-4-1‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ )ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -14-4-2‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫‪ -14-5‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -14-6‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ‌‬

‫‪ -14-6-1‬ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(14-3‬‬

‫‪ Libero‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻬﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫‪ -14-6-2‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫)ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 14-5،14-1‬ﻭ ‪.(19-3-1-3‬‬

‫ﻛﭙﻞﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 14-1-3 ،9-2-4‬ﻭ ‪.(14-1-4‬‬

‫‪ -14-6-3‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻡﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫‪ -14-6-4‬ﺗﻮپ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(8-4‬‬

‫‪ -14-6-5‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺗﻮپ ﺭﺍﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -14-6-6‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Libero‬ﺏﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺪ )ﺩﻓﺎﻉ(‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻼﺵ ‌‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :5‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮﺍﺕ «‬

‫‪ -15‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ Rally‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‌‬

‫ﺳﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-1‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻊﻟﻴﻘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‪،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭ )‪ (2‬ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺶ )‪ (6‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ‌‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -15-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ )ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ( ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺩ‬ ‫‪ -15-2-1‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ‌‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 11-4‬ﻭ ‪ (11-5‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ )ﺍﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ( ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻧﺰﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ‪ ،WOVD‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓ )‪ (buzzer‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺏ ﺭﺍﻱ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-2-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
 ‫‪ -15-3‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 2‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺕﻋﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ‌‬
‫‪ -15-3-1‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ -15-3-2‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻢ ‌‬

‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻗﺎﻥـﻮﻥ ‪.(15-5 ،15-6-1‬‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‌‬

‫‪ -15-4‬ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11-4‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -15-4-1‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺗﻬﺎ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‌‬

‫ﺍﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪ WOVD‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻓﻨﻲ ‪ 60‬ﺙ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ‪ 8‬ﻭ ‪‌ 15‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )ﺱِﺕ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ )ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ( ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-4-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻅﻑ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-5‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪.(Libero‬ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ‌ﮔﻴﺮﺩ )ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪15-10‬ﻭ ‪ 19-3-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-6‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 6‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ‌‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ‌‬
‫‪ -15-6-1‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-6-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺁﺭﻧﺞ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺹﻭﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪ -15-6-3‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‌‬

‫‪ -15-6-4‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻛﻼﺳﺒﻨﺪﻱ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (7-3-1‬ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪-9-2‬‬

‫‪.(15‬‬

‫‪ -15-7‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦﻱ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ ( Libero‬ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 15-6‬ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 7-3-1‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪)،‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Libero‬ﻭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﻱ ( ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﻱ )ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺯﺧﻤﻲ( ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺯﺧﻤﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻝ )ﻋﺎﺩﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺭﺍ ‌‬

‫‪ -15-8‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻻﻳﻖ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 6-4-3‬ﻭ ‪-3-1‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻻﻳﻖ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻏﻴـﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ‌‬

‫‪.(7‬‬

‫‪ -15-9‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫‪ -15-9-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 15-6‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ‌‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(15-7‬‬

‫‪ -15-9-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (8-1‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -15-9-2-1‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪،(6-1-3‬‬

‫‪ -15-9-2-2‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -15-9-2-3‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-10‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ -15-10-1‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،1-4-3‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(1b‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -15-10-2‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺝﺍﺯﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ‌‬

‫‪ a -15-10-3‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ b 15-10-3‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(16-2‬‬

‫‪ c 15-10-3‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،WOVD‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺏﻟﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ‌‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫‪ -15-10-4‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ‌ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-11‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﺟﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -15-11-1‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ‌‬

‫‪ -15-11-1-1‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪،(15-2-1‬‬

‫‪ -15-11-1-2‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺗﻴﻢ )ﻗﺎﻧـﻮﻥ ‪.(15-2-1‬‬

‫‪ -15-11-1-3‬ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬

‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ( )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(15-3-2‬‬

‫‪ -15-11-1-4‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ‌‬
‫‪ -15-11-2‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻁﺭﻑ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﻱ ‌‬

‫)ﭘﻲ ﺁﻣﺪﻫﺎﻱ( ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -15-11-3‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 1 6‬ﺗﺎﺧﻴ ﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪ - 16-1‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ً ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ً ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ‌‬
‫ﻉﻣﻞ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ‌‬

‫‪ - 16-1-1‬ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‪،‬‬

‫‪ - 16-1-2‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ )ﻣﻌﻄﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪،‬‬

‫‪ - 16-1-3‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪،(15-9‬‬

‫‪ - 16-1-4‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪،(15-11-2‬‬

‫‪ - 16-1-5‬ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 16-2‬ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ )ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ‌‬
‫‪“ - 16-2-1‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ” ﻭ “ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ” ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻴـﻢ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 16-2-1-1‬ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 16-2-1-2‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺝ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11-25‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ “ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ” ‌‬
‫‪ - 16-2-2‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ‌‬

‫‪ - 16-2-3‬ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ً ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ً‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11-25‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ‌‬
‫‪ - 16-2-4‬ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ‌‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫‪ - 1 7‬ﺗ ﻌﻮﻳ ﺾ‌ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍ ﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‪-17-1‬ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ )ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ( ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫‪ -17-1-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ -17-1-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻡ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 8-1‬ﻭ ‪ (8-2‬ﺳﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ‌‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ )ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 6-4-3‬ﻭ ‪-3-1‬‬

‫‪.(7‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ )ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ‌‬
‫‪ -17-2‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ‌‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -17-3‬ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ -17-3-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺘﺮﻗﺒﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -17-3-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ‌‬

‫‪ -17-3-2-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺖﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺳ‪‬ﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ‌‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ‌‬

‫ﺍگ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪‬ﺖﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -17-3-2-2‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺳ‪‬ﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ‌‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ -17-3-3‬ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻡﻭﺭﺩ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 4‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ‌‬

‫‪ - 1 8‬ﺗ ﻌﻮﻳ ﺾ ﺯﻣﻴ ﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺎ ﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴ ﻦ‌ ﺳ‪ ‬ﺖ‌ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ -18-1‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‌‬

‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﺘﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺛﺒﺖ ‌‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ‌‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‌‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‌‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﺍﺭﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫‪ -18-2‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11-3‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -18-2-1‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ )ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ( ‌‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‌ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ‪ 8‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪‌ ،‬‬
‫‪ -18-2-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ )ﭘﻨﺠﻢ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ )ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ‪ (8‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ‌ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻲ ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‌ﻫﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ‌ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :6‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ «‬

‫‪ -19‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ‬

‫‪ -19-1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ‬

‫‪ -19-1-1‬ﻫﺮ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺣﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻡﻳﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ‪ 12‬ﻧﻔﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 4-1-1‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪ WOVD‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺴﺎﻻﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ‪ WOVD‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 12‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ Libero‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-1-2‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻪ ﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪ ،WOVD‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ‪ Libero‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 19-1-3‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ‪ Libero‬ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ Libero‬ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺩﻭﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Libero‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Libero‬ﺭﺯﺭﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪ -19-1-4‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Libero‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-2‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻔﺮﻡ )ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪-‬پﻳﺶ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ( ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻔﺮﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪).‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ‌‬

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 4-3‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪ Libero ،WOVD‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ Libero‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-3‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ‬

‫‪37‬‬
 ‫‪ -19-3-1‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ )ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ( ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻱﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 7-3-1‬ﻭ ‪ 7-4-1-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -19-3-1-1‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ‌‬

‫‪ -19-3-1-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮپ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ‬

‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ) ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ( ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ) .،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 13-2-2‬ﻭ ‪ 13-3-5‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ) ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺪ ( ﺗﻼﺵ ﻧﻤـﺎﻳﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 12-4-1‬ﻭ ‪ 14-6-2‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ -19-3-1-3‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ‌‬

‫‪ 14-6-6‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬

‫‪ -19-3-1-4‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺕﻭپ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺱ ﺳﺮﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭﻱ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 13-3-6‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ‪‌ ،‬‬

‫‪ -19-3-2‬ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 15-5‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ (‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-3-2-1‬ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ) ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ( ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‌‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻝﻳﺒﺮﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ )‪ (Rally‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ‌‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ‌‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪) .‬ﺑـﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12-3‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-3-2-2‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻳﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‌‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 7-3-2‬ﻭ ‪ 12-1‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ‌‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-3-2-3‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺑﺮﺍ ﻱ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 12-4 ،12-3‬ﻭ ‪ 21-1‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻥﺗﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‌‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 16-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-3-2-4‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ )ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ( ‪ ، Libero‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ D.la‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ 19-3-2-5‬ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ )ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ( ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ‪ ،Libero‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-3-3‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ ، (match‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪ -19-3-3-1‬ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺣﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻲ ‪ Libero‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‬

‫ﻙ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪) remark‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ( ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ‪ Libero‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Libero‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )‪ (match‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ) ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ‪ Libero‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺭﺯﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ‌‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ )‪ (match‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 7-3-1‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻥﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ (‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺕﻳﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺭﻫﺒﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ Libero‬ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﻱ ‪ Libero‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺼﺎﺏ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ‪ Libero‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ) ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ( ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -19-3-3-2‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻡﺟﺪﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ) .‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 25-2-2-7،19-1-7،2-3-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺼﻞ ‪ :7‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-20‬‬

‫‪ -20-1‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ -20-1-1‬ﺷﺮﻙﺕ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -20-1-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ )ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﺭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ‌ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‌ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-20-1-3‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -20-2‬ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻻﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ -20-2-1‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻔﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻻﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺆﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻳﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﭼﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -20-2-2‬ﺍﻉﺿﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(5-2-3-4‬‬

‫‪ -21‬ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪ -21-1‬ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ‌ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ‌ﻃﻮﺭ ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪ ﺁﻧﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ‌‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-21-2‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
 ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ‪،‬ﺣﺮﻳﻔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎﭼﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﺎﻧﺖﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪ -21-2-1‬ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻲ‌ﺍﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺴﻮﺭﺍﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ‬

‫‪ -21-2-2‬ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﺎﻧﺖ‌ﺁﻣﻴﺰ‪ :‬ﺷﺎﻡﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺳﺰﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-2-3‬ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻢ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻢﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﻴﺰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-3‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺭﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺮ ﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ )ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ( ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ ‌‬

‫‪ -21-3-1‬ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(11-6‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 21-2-1‬ﻭ ‪.(4-1-1‬‬

‫‪ -21-3-2‬ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﺍﻱﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﺗﻴﻢ‬

‫‪ -21-3-2-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻼﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‌ ‌‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،1-4-5‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(1a,1b‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﻖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪) .‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،1-4-5‬ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫‪.(1a,1b‬‬

‫‪ -21-3-2-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ )ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ( ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-3-2-3‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ )ﺑﻌﺪﻱ( ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-3-3‬ﺭﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ -21-3-3-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ )ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ( ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(1a‬‬

‫‪ -21-3-3-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻤﻲ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻪ ﺍﺟﻤﻲ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-3-3-3‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﻑﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﺎﻧﺖ‌ﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-3-3-4‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺟﺴﻮﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺍﺩﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫‪ -21-4‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-4-1‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺏﺩﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ‌ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺎﺷﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-4-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 21-3‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 9‬ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬

‫)ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -21-4-3‬ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ‌ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ )ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ( ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫‪ -21-5‬ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ‌‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺎﺷﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ‌ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 21-3‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻑﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻫﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ‌‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-21-6‬‬

‫ﺑﻪﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻔﺎﻫﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺯﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺯﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ‌ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺮﻧﺪ )ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ(‬ ‫ﺭﺩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪:‬‬

‫)ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 11-6-7-8‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ :2‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪،‬‬

‫»ﻓﺼﻞ‪ :8‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ«‬

‫‪ -22‬ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪ -22-1‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ (2)4 ‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ )ﻣﻨﺸﻲ(‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 10‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‌ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ WOVD‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ‌ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -22-2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪ -22-2-1‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺳﻮﺕ‌ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -22-2-1-1‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫‪ -22-2-1-2‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ‪ Rally‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ‌ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺑﺰﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺶ ﺍﻥ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-22-2-2‬‬

‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -22-2-3‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ )ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ( ‪ Rally‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪(28-1‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -22-2-3-1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻩ ﺩ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ - A‬ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪،‬‬

‫‪ - B‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪ - C‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -22-2-3-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ‪:‬‬

‫‪ - A‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪ - B‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ(‪،‬‬

‫‪ - C‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 22-2-3-3‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻤﻲ )ﺣﻤﻠﻪ( ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ‪ ،Libero‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﻭ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ‪ 22-2-3-1‬ﻭ ‪ 22-2-3-2‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -22-2-3-4‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺑﻞ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ - A‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪ - B‬ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ(‪،‬‬

‫‪ - C‬ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻪﺕ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -23‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫‪ -23-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‌ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻱﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﺮﻙ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ )ﺷﻜـﻞ ‪.(1a,1b‬‬

‫‪ -23-2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ -23-2-1‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍ ﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ‌‬

‫ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ )ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ( ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺩ‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪‌ ،‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ )ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ( ‌‬

‫ﻛﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺘﭽﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻒ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -23-2-2‬ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮپ ﺟﻤﻊ‌ ‌‬

‫‪ -23-2-3‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ‌ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻥﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -23-2-4‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻱ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﻛﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﺪﻩ ‌‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ‌ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ )ﻓﻮﺭﺍ( ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ )ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ‪ 5-1-2-1‬ﻭ ‪5-1-3-2‬‬

‫ﻭ ‪.(25-2-3-2‬‬

‫‪ -23-2-5‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-23-3‬‬

‫‪ -23-3-1‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ‌ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -23-3-1-1‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮپ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -23-3-1-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -23-3-1-3‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ‪) warm-up‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ( ‌‬

‫‪ -23-3-2‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪،‬‬

‫‪ - 23-3-2-1‬ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‌‬

‫‪ -23-3-2-2‬ﺟﺮﺍﻳﻢ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ‌ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -23-3-2-3‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‌ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ - A‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ‌ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻅ‪،‬‬

‫‪ - B‬ﺧﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻲ ‌ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ‌ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ )ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮپ(‪،‬‬

‫‪ - C‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﻮ ﺭﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -D‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ )ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻤﻲ( ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ‬ ‫‪ -E‬ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ )ﺗﻬﺎﺟﻤﻲ( ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺱ ﺳﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‌‬

‫‪43‬‬
 ‫‪ - F‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺭ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(8-4-5‬‬

‫‪ – G‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪Libero‬‬

‫‪ -23-3-3‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻲﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -24‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫‪ -24-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 1a,1b‬ﻭ ‪.(10‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻴﺮﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ‌‬

‫‪ -24-2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪ -24-2-1‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ‌ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪-3‬‬

‫‪:(24‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻠﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‌ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ‌ﺟﺎﻱ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -24-2-2‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻂﻩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ‌ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -24-2-3‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ )ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ( ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ )ﻣﻨﺸﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺖ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -24-2-4‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ‌‬

‫‪ -24-2-5‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ‪ warm-up‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(4-2-3‬‬

‫‪ -24-2-6‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ‌ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺩ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺷﺸﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -24-2-7‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‌ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ )ﺍﻋﻼﻡ( ‌‬

‫‪ -24-2-8‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (15-7‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ‬

‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(17-1-2‬‬

‫‪ -24-2-9‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -24-2-10‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺷﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(1-4-5‬‬

‫‪ -24-3‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫‪ -24-3-1‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻫﺮ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‌ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ )ﭘﻨﺠﻢ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ‪،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ )ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ( ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -24-3-2‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺕ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ‌‬

‫‪ -24-3-2-1‬ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺭ‪،‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ -24-3-2-2‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺢﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‌‬

‫‪ -24-3-2-3‬ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -24-3-2-4‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺪ )ﺩﻓﺎﻉ( ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺪ )ﺩﻓﺎﻉ( ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪.Libero‬‬

‫‪ -24-3-2-5‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺌﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ – 24-3-2-6‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﻮپ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ‌‬
‫‪ -24-3-2-7‬ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ )ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‌ﺍﻱ( ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ‌‬

‫‪ -24-3-2-8‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -24-3-3‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻀﺎء ‌‬

‫‪ -25‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻲﺍﺯﺍﺕ )ﻣﻨﺸﻲ(‬

‫‪ -25-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻨﺪﻟﻲ )ﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ( ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬

‫‪ 1a,1b‬ﻭ ‪.(10‬‬

‫‪ -25-2‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ‬

‫ﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -25-2-1‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‌‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ‌‪،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ‌‬
‫‪ -25-2-1-1‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ‌‬

‫‪ -25-2-1-2‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮگ ﺍﺭﻧﺞ ‌‬
‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ( ‌‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻱ ﺑﻪ‌ﻋﻠﻠﻲ )ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻲ ‌‬

‫‪ -25-2-1-3‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ‪ Libero‬ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -25-2-2‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -25-2-2-1‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ‌ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ‌‬

‫‪ -25-2-2-3‬ﻡﺳﺌﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫ﺁﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -25-2-2-4‬ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﺑﻲ‌ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻫﺸﺘﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -25-2-2-5‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻭﺕ‌ ‌‬
‫‪45‬‬
 ‫‪ -25-2-2-6‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﻪ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪،‬‬

‫ﻛﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -25-2-2-7‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‌ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ‌ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺩ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(15-7‬‬

‫‌‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺴﻜﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺠﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﻨﺪ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(17-1-2‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﺯﻣﺪﺕ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(17-3‬‬

‫‌‬

‫ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ )ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ (17-2‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬

‫‪ 25-2-2-8‬ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -25-2-3‬ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ پﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ‌ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -25-2-3-1‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪،‬‬

‫‪ -25-2-3-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻤﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ‌ﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻲ ‌ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -25-2-3-3‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ﻛﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ‌ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ‌ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26‬ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ)ﻛﻤﻚ( ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫‪ -26-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-26-2‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ )ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ( ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻲ ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ )ﺩﻓﺘﺮﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﻱ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - 26-2-1‬ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺳ‪‬ﺖ‌ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-1-1‬ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-1-2‬ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺭﺯﺭﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-2‬ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾﻫﺎﻱ( ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪ -26-2-2-1‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‌ﻫﺎﻱ )‬

‫‪ -26-2-2-2‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ )ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ( ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-2-3‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﻢ‌ ‌‬

‫ﺗﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪(.‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-2-4‬ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ )ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ‌‬

‫‪ -26-2-2-5‬ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-2-6‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺯﺭﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ )ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ( ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-3‬ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-3-1‬ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺒﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻀﺎء‌ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻲ‌ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -26-2-3-2‬ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻀﺎء ﻣﻲ‌ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
 ‫‪ -27‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻂ‬

‫‪ -27-1‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺧﻂ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ‪ 1-2‬ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ‌ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 1a,1b‬ﻭ ‪.(10‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‌ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ،WOVD‬ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ‪ 4‬ﺧﻂ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ‌ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻲ‌ﺍﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(10‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪-27-2‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮﻱ( ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 12‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫‌‬ ‫‪ -27-2-1‬ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻂ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﭼﻢ )‪40×40‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -27-2-1-1‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮپ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮپ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﻂ )ﺧﻄﻮﻁ( ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ‌‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﭘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮپ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(12-3‬‬

‫‌‬ ‫‪-27-2-1-2‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮپ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ‌‬
‫‪ -27-2-1-3‬ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ‌‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -27-2-1-4‬ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ( ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﻦ ﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ‌‬

‫‪ -27-2-1-5‬ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺳﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -27-2-1-6‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻜﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮپ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺧﺎﻟﺖ )ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺖ( ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ‌‬
‫‪ -27-2-1-7‬ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ‌‬

‫‪ -27-2-2‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻭﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -28‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(11‬‬

‫‪ -28-1‬ﻋﻼ ‌‬

‫ﺩﺍﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﺖ ﺳﻮﺕ ﺯﺩﻥ )ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ( ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‌ﻣﺪﺕ‬

‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﻚ‌ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‌ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺏﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﻃﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ‌ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﭼﻢ ﺩﺍﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺧﻂ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(12‬‬

‫‪ -28-2‬ﻋﻼ ‌‬

‫ﺧﻂﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺮﭼﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‌ﻣﺪﺕ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻧﮓﻫﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‌‬

‫‪47‬‬